HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

83
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Huawei Confidential 1 The privilege of HCNA/HCNP/HCIE: With any Huawei Career Certification, you have the privilege on http://learning.huawei.com/en to enjoy: 1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses Methods to get the E-learning privilege : submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account registration to [email protected] . 2Training Material Download Content: Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material MethodLogon http://learning.huawei.com/en and enter HuaWei Training/Classroom Training ,then you can download training material in the specific training introduction page. 3Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC) ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like R&S, UC&C, Security, Storage and so on, which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool: eNSP eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by Huawei and free of charge. eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers, switches as close to the real hardware as it possible, which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device. In addition, Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with Huawei experts , share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( http://support.huawei.com/ecommunity/More Learning Resources: http://learning.huawei.com/en

Transcript of HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Page 1: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification-WLAN Courses

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization

Experiment Guide for Engineers

Huawei Technologies CO LTD All Rights Reserved

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 2 of 81

Copyright copy Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2014 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders

Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied

The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind express or implied

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81

Huawei Certification System

Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels

According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose

WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization

Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81

About This Document

Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures

Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization

Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning

Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning

Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods

Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning

Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks

Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network

Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81

Icons

RADIUS server

Wireless controller(AC)

Wireless access point(AP)

Switch

Wireless users(STA)eSight server

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 2: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification-WLAN Courses

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization

Experiment Guide for Engineers

Huawei Technologies CO LTD All Rights Reserved

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 2 of 81

Copyright copy Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2014 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders

Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied

The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind express or implied

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81

Huawei Certification System

Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels

According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose

WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization

Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81

About This Document

Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures

Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization

Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning

Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning

Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods

Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning

Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks

Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network

Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81

Icons

RADIUS server

Wireless controller(AC)

Wireless access point(AP)

Switch

Wireless users(STA)eSight server

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 3: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 2 of 81

Copyright copy Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2014 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders

Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied

The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind express or implied

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81

Huawei Certification System

Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels

According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose

WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization

Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81

About This Document

Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures

Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization

Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning

Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning

Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods

Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning

Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks

Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network

Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81

Icons

RADIUS server

Wireless controller(AC)

Wireless access point(AP)

Switch

Wireless users(STA)eSight server

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 4: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 3 of 81

Huawei Certification System

Backed by Huaweis proven technical strength and expert training system Huawei Certification is committed to delivering practical and professional technical certification services satisfying customers requirements on WLAN technologies of various levels

According to WLAN technology characteristics and diverse customer requirements Huawei offers a 4-level certification system covering a wide range of options for customers to choose

WLAN planning and optimization courses are intended for frontline engineers from Huawei offices and representative offices as well as all other technical personnel who want to learn Huawei WLAN planning and optimization knowledge WLAN planning and optimization courses cover brief WLAN planning detailed WLAN planning enterprise WLAN design and WLAN optimization

Huawei Certification introduces you to the industry opens the door of changes for you and enables you to stand atop the WLAN frontiers

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81

About This Document

Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures

Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization

Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning

Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning

Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods

Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning

Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks

Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network

Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81

Icons

RADIUS server

Wireless controller(AC)

Wireless access point(AP)

Switch

Wireless users(STA)eSight server

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 5: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 4 of 81

About This Document

Overview This document is designed for WLAN professional certification training courses applicable to candidates who are preparing for Huawei WLAN professional certification exams and any reader who is interested in WLAN planning and optimization contents methods or procedures

Description This guide describes six experiments including indoor WLAN planning outdoor WLAN planning overall WLAN design detailed WLAN design acceptance test and WLAN optimization

Experiment 1 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for indoor planning including requirement analysis AP calculator usage device selection and basic WLAN Planner operations After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of indoor network planning

Experiment 2 shows how to use Huawei WLAN Planner for outdoor planning and describes contents such as device selection antenna selection outdoor network planning procedure and WDS design knowledge After completing the experiment you will master basic methods of outdoor network planning

Experiment 3 shows how to make an overall WLAN design by providing basic contents and methods After completing the experiment you will master the overall WLAN design methods

Experiment 4 presents you with a detailed WLAN planning Compared with experiment 3 this experiment goes further in the WLAN design describing the device version IP address design service set design and high availability design After completing the experiment you will know how to implement a detailed WLAN planning

Experiment 5 describes how to use Huawei WLAN Tester for acceptance tests including how to scan and locate APs and perform acceptance tests After completing this experiment you will be able to use the WLAN Tester to test WLAN networks

Experiment 6 describes how to implement WLAN optimization providing the methods of WLAN capacity optimization radio calibration and roaming optimization After completing this experiment you will know how to optimize a WLAN network

Background Knowledge Required This document is designed for Huawei professional certification courses and requires the readers to have basic HCNA-WLAN and data communications knowledge and be familiar with Huawei switching devices

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81

Icons

RADIUS server

Wireless controller(AC)

Wireless access point(AP)

Switch

Wireless users(STA)eSight server

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 6: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 5 of 81

Icons

RADIUS server

Wireless controller(AC)

Wireless access point(AP)

Switch

Wireless users(STA)eSight server

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 7: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 6 of 81

Lab Environment Overview

Networking Description The lab environment is set up for wireless network engineers preparing for WLAN planning and optimization exams Each environment requires one PC installed with the following three software Huawei WLAN Planner Huawei eNSP (latest version) and WLAN Tester

Software Description The experiments require installation of the following software on each PC The following table lists the required software and their versions

Software required and their versions

Software Version

Huawei WLAN Planner V100R001C02SPC200 or later

eNSP V100R002C00B320 or later

Huawei WLAN Tester V100R001C00SPC300 or later

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 8: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 7 of 81

Contents

About This Document 4Overview 4Description 4Background Knowledge Required 4

Icons 5

Lab Environment Overview 6Networking Description 6Software Description 6

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning 9Objective 9Scenario Description 9Configuration Roadmap 9Configuration Procedure 1011 Clarify Customer Requirements 1012 Calculate AP Quantity 1113 Select WLAN Devices 1314 Implement Indoor Network Planning 17

141 Create a Project 18142 Import the Building Drawing 19143 Configure the Environment 21144 Deploy APs 25145 Simulate Signal Coverage 27146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode 29147 Export Network Planning Reports 31148 Verify the Result 32

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning 34Objectives 34Scenario Description 34Configuration Roadmap 34Configuration Procedure 35

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design 50Objectives 50Scenario Description 50Configuration Roadmap 50Configuration Procedure 50

Device Selection 50

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 9: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 8 of 81

Networking Design 51Redundancy Design 52Security Design 52Roaming Design and Other Designs 53

Result Verification (Optional) 54

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design 55Objectives 55Scenario Description 55Configuration Roadmap 56Configuration Procedure 56

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test 60Objectives 60Scenario Description 60Test Procedure 60Test Procedure 60

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization 73Objectives 73Scenario Description 73Optimization Roadmap 73Optimization Procedure 73

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 10: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 9 of 81

Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning

Objective

After completing this experiment you will know how to

Analyze requirements Use the AP calculator Select suitable devices for indoor network planning Use product specification quick search and comparison functions Operate the WLAN Planner

Scenario Description A company plans to build a WLAN covering indoor office areas to provide mobile office services for employees and Internet access services for visitors Make a proper WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Clarify customer requirements Calculate the AP quantity Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Export material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement indoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 11: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 10 of 81

Configuration Procedure

11 Clarify Customer Requirements Communicate with the customer to clarify customer requirements and complete the Requirement Clarification Checklist

(This experiment assumes that customer requirements have been collected and clarified The data in the table is just for your reference You can modify the data according to actual requirements)

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode

Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 140 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth

Target coverage areas

Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas office areas manager rooms and discussion areas Secondary coverage areas corridors and surroundings around the office areas Special coverage areas none

Signal strength

Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -75 dB Edge field strength -80 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode

Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode

PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 12: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 11 of 81

Item Description Result No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email Video Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning

Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy

Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

Time

Location

Huawei Signature

Customer Signature

12 Calculate AP Quantity 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner

Formulas involved are as follows

Total bandwidth Total bandwidth = Number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

AP quantity (largest value among the following three calculation results) AP quantity = Total bandwidthBandwidth per AP AP quantity = Total number of usersNumber of access users on each AP AP quantity = Total number of users(Air interface rate of an APBandwidth per user)

Total bandwidth = Number of users (140) x Percentage of concurrent users (80) x Bandwidth per user (2 Mbits) = 224 Mbits

AP quantity (rounds up the calculated value to the nearest integer) AP quantity = Total bandwidth (224)Bandwidth per AP (150) = 2

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 13: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 12 of 81

AP quantity = Total number of users (140)Number of access users on each AP (30) = 5 AP quantity = Total number of users (140)(Air interface rate of an AP (150)Bandwidth per user

(2)) = 2

Based on the preceding calculation results the number of APs required in this example is 5

2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices

The following figure shows the page displayed after the WLAN Planner is started

Click AP Calculator The AP Calculator is started Compute the number of APs according to the requirement clarification list The result is as follows

The calculated number of APs is 5 same as that calculated manually The calculation result can be used as a reference for network planning and adjusted according to actual situations

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 14: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 13 of 81

13 Select WLAN Devices You can select WLAN devices according to Huawei product manuals (the details are not provided here) or using Huawei WLAN Planner Based on customer requirements this experiment involves selection of APs PoE switches and ACs

Devices should be selected based on the application scenario customer budget and technologies This experiment demonstrates how to use the WLAN planning software to compare devices and display parameters

On the home page click Product Search The WLAN AP Product Features page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 15: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 14 of 81

The software provides many filtering options for you to choose as shown in the following figure You can practise using these options to filter devices

If you want to compare detailed specifications of some devices click Add to Compare

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 16: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 15 of 81

Click Compare Specifications of the selected devices will be compared and displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 17: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 16 of 81

The preceding figure shows differences among three dual-band APs The largest differences lie in the product grade and maximum transmit power The AP5010DN and AP3010DN are cost-effective APs with the maximum transmit power of 50 mW The AP6010DN is a standard AP and supports a maximum transmit power of 100 mW Based on the application scenario and customer budget this experiment uses AP6010DNs

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna

2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 18: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 17 of 81

14 Implement Indoor Network Planning The indoor network planning process is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 19: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 18 of 81

141 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set Project Name and CountryArea In Environment Type select Indoor and set an environment type based on the site environment

Click OK A project is created

Available channels vary according to different countries and regions Therefore you are advised to specify the local country or region when creating a project The tool automatically shields the channels that cannot be used locally

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 20: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 19 of 81

Set Environment Type based on actual situations The tool offers four environment types Semi-open environment such as office buildings and factories Tunnel environment such as tunnels and corridors Open environment such as stadiums and squares Closed environment such as small boxes and lounges

142 Import the Building Drawing After a project is created create a building and import the building drawing so that you can complete environment settings and AP deployment in the drawing to simulate WLAN planning

This experiment uses a digital version of the drawing which will be delivered by teachers You can also use a self-defined drawing The following is an example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 21: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 20 of 81

On the home page of WLAN Planner click the Environment Setting tab

Click in the toolbar The Add New Building page is displayed

Enter a name and then click Browse to add a drawing

After a building drawing is imported set the drawing scale

Click Set Scale and the mouse shape changes to

Determine the start point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it

Determine the end point of the scale in the drawing and left-click it The Set Scale dialog box is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 22: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 21 of 81

Drag the slider on the right to zoom in or out the drawing as shown in the following figure

143 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 23: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 22 of 81

1 You can customize the obstacle type For the detailed procedure see Preconfiguring Obstacle 2 The customized obstacle applies only to indoor distribution scenarios

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polyline from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

Absorption The obstacle automatically aligns with the border lines Click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar to

enable and disable the absorption function Alignment prompt When border lines of two obstacles are on the same horizontal line or vertical line the tool

automatically displays a light green line Distance measurement click Shortcut toolbar on the toolbar The tool measures the polyline or straight-line

distance between two points in the drawing Hold Shift and move the mouse to draw vertical horizontal or 45-degree diagonal lines

The following figure shows obstacle settings in the drawing

NOTE

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 24: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 23 of 81

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw the coverage area

Coverage areas of the same type cannot overlap

The following figure shows the configured coverage areas

Right-click or double-click a created coverage area

Select Attribute The Coverage dialog box is displayed You can modify parameters in the Coverage dialog box

Click Save

NOTE

Common Area

Coverage

Hole

Core Area

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 25: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 24 of 81

3 Configure the AP deployment area

Select Automatic Deployment APs are deployed only in specified AP areas

4 Configure the interference source (optional)

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source

You can left-click repeatedly to add multiple interference sources to the drawing and right-click to end this operation

Right-click the interference source icon in the drawing

Select Attribute The Interference Source dialog box is displayed Set parameters in the Interference Source dialog box according to the actual situation

NOTEMore Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 26: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 25 of 81

Click Save

144 Deploy APs On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Click Automatic Deployment in the toolbar WLAN Planner automatically deploys APs

After adjusting the location or attributes of APs obstacles or coverage areas click Channel Calculation AP channels are recalculated

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 27: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 26 of 81

The following figure shows the APs that are automatically deployed in the drawing

After APs are automatically deployed you can manually modify the AP location type and installation mode and add or delete APs according to the site situation The following figure shows AP deployment after AP locations are changed and the installation mode of some APs is changed to wall mounting

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 28: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 27 of 81

145 Simulate Signal Coverage After AP deployment is complete you can simulate wireless signals and access points and prereview the simulation effect to determine whether the WLAN design meets requirements

Signal simulation includes the environment wireless signals and access points simulation Environment wireless signal simulation is used to simulate signal coverage of the deployed APs In

indoor scenarios WLAN Planner supports Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) simulation diagram Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) simulation diagram physical layer throughput diagram and application layer throughput diagram

Access point simulation is used to simulate a single access point to obtain information about its received signals such as the signal source frequency channel and signal strength

Open environment signal simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

Select a type of simulation diagram from the toolbar above the drawing

Click Open Simulation The tool automatically exports the simulation diagram

This signal simulation effect is as follows More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 29: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 28 of 81

Click the color scheme button to adjust the color

After confirming that no coverage hole exists in common coverage areas and signal strength in major coverage areas meets the requirements click Close Simulation and go to the next step

Access Simulation

On the home page of WLAN Planner click AP Deployment The AP Deployment page is displayed

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 30: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 29 of 81

Click Access Simulation in the toolbar

In the Add Simulation Terminal dialog box that is displayed set parameters of the simulated access point

Deploy the simulation access points

Right-click each simulation access point and select View to check information about signal access of each access point

146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode After AP deployment is complete deploy switches and connect APs and switches using network cables to provide reference for implementation engineers

On the home page of WLAN Planner click CablingampPower Supply The CablingampPower Supply page is displayed

Deploy the switch and AC

This experiment uses AC bypass networking therefore one AC6605-8 and one access switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI (Layer 3 GE switch) are required as shown in the following figure Mo

re Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 31: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 30 of 81

Select a network cable type from the toolbar

Click and draw network cables in the drawing to connect switches and APs as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 32: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 31 of 81

147 Export Network Planning Reports WLAN Planner allows you to export detailed planning reports AP lists and material bills to provide reference for implementation engineers

1 Export the material list

Click Export Material Bill The Material List dialog box is displayed

Select a floor and click Export The software generates an excel file

Open the file to view the contents

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

AP AP6010DN 5

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 33: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 32 of 81

BOM Item Type Quantity Remarks

Switch S5700-28C-PWR-EI 1

AC AC6005-8 1

Network cable

Category 5 enhanced 154 meters The network cable length is the calculated length During project construction reserve a 10+ margin

2 Generate a WLAN planning report Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is

displayed

After setting the parameters click Generate A report (word or pdf format) is generated

Open the report to view contents

148 Verify the Result If a network planning report in word format is generated you can open the report and make modifications to match customer requirements

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-1 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 6

5G 200 dBm 153

AP-2 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 161

AP-3 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 165

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 34: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 33 of 81

AP list

AP Name

AP Model

Longitude Latitude Mounting Height (m)

Installation Mode

Radio Type

Output Power Channel

AP-4 AP6010DN

260 Ceiling mounting

24G 200 dBm 1

5G 200 dBm 149

AP-5 AP6010DN

260 Wall mounting

24G 200 dBm 11

5G 200 dBm 157

View the RSSI simulation diagram to check whether the signal strength meets customer requirements and whether coverage holes exist

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 35: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 34 of 81

Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning

Objectives

After completing this experiment you will be able to

Select suitable devices for outdoor network planning Select suitable antennas for outdoor network planning Master the basic outdoor network planning process Grasp basic knowledge about a WDS design Use the WLAN Planner to perform outdoor network planning

Scenario Description A company deployed an indoor WLAN a year ago and plans to deploy a WLAN to cover the outdoor campus now The WLAN must allow wireless terminals to roam seamlessly between different building floors and support video backhaul for wireless video surveillance of some areas Make a proper outdoor WLAN planning for the company to provide guidance for subsequent engineering installation and equipment commissioning Complete the following tasks

Select proper devices Simulate site surveys Prepare material lists

Configuration Roadmap

Clarify customer requirements

Calculate the AP quantity

Select proper devices

Implement outdoor network planning

Export the planning report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 36: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 35 of 81

Configuration Procedure

21 Clarify Customer Requirements

WLAN service requirement clarification checklist

Item Description Result

Drawing Check whether the customer can provide a scale drawing If not prepare a drawing before the project starts

CAD Scale JPEG image Non-scale drawing No drawing provided

Coverage mode Provide the coverage mode Indoor distribution Indoor settlement Outdoor independent settlement Outdoor distribution system Mesh networking

Bandwidth Clarify the bandwidth requirements Total bandwidth = Total number of users x Percentage of concurrent users x Bandwidth per user

Total number of users 200 Bandwidth per user 2 Mbits Percentage of concurrent users 80 Total bandwidth320 Mbits

Target coverage areas Determine the primary and secondary coverage areas according to the site survey and building drawings and focus on network planning for coverage areas with high user density

Primary coverage areas streets surrounding the building and lounges Secondary coverage areas other areas Special coverage areas areas surrounding the executive training center

Signal strength Describe requirements on hotspot field strength edge field strength interference field strength and leakage field strength

Hotspot field strength -65 dB Edge field strength -75 dB Interference field strength Leakage field strength

Networking mode Clarify the networking mode expected by the customer

AC inline mode AC bypass mode Outdoor bridging No requirement

Power supply mode PoE switch AC adapter PoE adapter No requirement

Service type Describe the service types Routine office applications such as email

Video

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 37: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 36 of 81

Item Description Result Voice Outdoor IP applications Outdoor E1 applications Outdoor video surveillance Outdoor None-Line of Sight (NLOS)

applications

Roaming Check whether roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Wireless positioning Check whether wireless roaming needs to be supported

Yes No

Security policy Determine the access encryption mode and authentication mode

Whether to hide SSID No Access encryption CCMP User authentication WPA EAP PSK

Acceptance items and standards

Clarify the acceptance requirements of the customer

None

22 Calculate AP Quantity Use AP Calculator to calculate the AP quantity Based on the calculation result 11 APs are required (use indoor APs for calculation but deploy AP6510DNs or AP6610DNs The number of APs calculated by AP Calculator is for your reference only The actual number is determined after the network planning is complete)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 38: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 37 of 81

23 Select Devices Huawei offers two types of outdoor APs You can use Huawei WLAN Planner to view their specifications as shown in the following figure

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 39: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 38 of 81

The comparisons show that the AP6610DN provides one optical interface but the AP6510DN does not The optical interface can be connected to a wired network through optical fibers

To meet customer requirements this project uses WDS networking in which the APs use the 24 GHz radio for signal coverage and 5 GHz radio for data backhaul Only a few APs need to connect to the wired network requiring no optical interface Under this circumstance this experiment deploys the AP6510s Patch directional antennas are used as the 5 GHz backhaul antennas and pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas as the 24 GHz antennas

Exercises

1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power

2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 40: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 39 of 81

24 Create a Project On the home page of WLAN Planner click Create Project The Create Project page is displayed

Set parameters as follows

25 Import the Google Earth Map The experiment uses Google Earth map as the outdoor drawing Use of Google Earth map applies to WLAN deployment for large outdoor areas such as cities or regions You can locate the target coverage areas by importing coordinates or enable the location searching function Google Earth map is more accurate than a plane drawing

Click in the toolbar above the navigation tree The Add Area page is displayed

Set parameters as follows (import AP coordinates to determine AP locations or configure AP locations after importing the Google Earth map)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 41: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 40 of 81

After opening the Google Earth map enter the site name where outdoor WLAN planning is to be implemented and click Search to locate the corresponding position as shown in the following figure

26 Configure the Environment You can set obstacles coverage areas and interference sources in the drawing to simulate a real-world environment and obtain a vivid simulation effect

1 Set obstacles

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 42: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 41 of 81

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select an obstacle type from the toolbar above the drawing

Set the obstacle height based on actual situations

Select an obstacle figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw obstacles based on the actual environment

2 Configure the coverage area

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Select a coverage area type from the toolbar above the drawing

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 43: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 42 of 81

Select a coverage area figure such as rectangle or polygon from the toolbar

Draw coverage areas in the drawing

3 Configure the interference source

On the home page click the Environment Setting tab The Environment Setting page is displayed

Click Interference Source in the toolbar

Left-click in the drawing to add an interference source or modify interference source attributes

The following figure shows the effect diagram after environment settings are complete (you can cancel display of certain items in Set Display Items to facilitate drawing)

27 Deploy APs In AP Deployment select APs or sites for deployment

In this experiment some APs are far from the switch in the equipment room Therefore the WDS relaying mode is used for wireless backhaul Five APs are used to provide signal coverage among which one AP works as the root AP and the rest four APs as leaf APs on the WDS network The following figure shows initial installation positions of APs which can be adjusted based on the signal simulation effect

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 44: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 43 of 81

Adjust AP parameters such as the antenna type height and direction based on the following principles

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located in the center of the target coverage area omnidirectional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

If APs used for regular wireless coverage are located on one side of the target coverage area directional antennas can be used and the antenna gain is determined based on the size of the coverage area

Root APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz omnidirectional antennas The antenna gain is determined according to the wireless backhaul distance

Leaf APs on the WDS network use 5 GHz patch directional antennas for short-distance coverage and 5 GHz satellite antennas for long-distance coverage

Root APs and leaf APs must work on the same 5 GHz radio channel

The following is an adjustment example

Right-click the AP icon in the drawing and select Attribute The AP dialog box is displayed Configure AP attributes and click Save

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 45: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 44 of 81

Set signal coverage parameters of the AP

Right-click the AP icon and select Draw The Coverage Area

Right-click the AP icon and select

On the page displayed set the signal coverage range of the AP

Cover Antenna Parameter The Cover Antenna page is displayed Modify the antenna type and related parameters of the AP

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 46: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 45 of 81

Draw Network Bridges

Select Bridge in the toolbar and draw a bridge between sites

If links become red after bridges are drawn signals are blocked by obstacles in the first Fresnel zone To solve this problem adjust the antenna installation height

After the settings are complete click View Planned Resources to view AP planning information

28 Simulate Signal Coverage In the AP Deployment tab select 24G or 5G to view signal simulation diagram of the selected radio If there are coverage holes modify AP parameters such as AP location antenna type installation mode and installation height

The following figure shows the 24 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 47: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 46 of 81

The following figure shows the 5 GHz signal coverage simulation

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 48: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 47 of 81

29 Export Network Planning Reports After completing the network planning export the planning report

Generate WLAN Planning Report

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 49: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 48 of 81

Exercises

Try to export the AP list and bill of materials (BOM)

210 Verify the Result Open the network planning report check whether each part of the planning report is correct whether any report contents need to be added or modified and whether the BOM or AP list needs to be modified

BOM

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

AP AP6510DN 5

AP AP6610DN 5

27011332 Antenna 24G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_3 dBi

10

27010890 Antenna 5G_15deg(H)_15deg(V)_cp_gt18 dBi

4

27011333 Antenna 5G_360deg(H)_45deg(V)_ip_5 dBi 12

27110001 RF load 10

RF cable with type-N male connectors

8

Waterproof and insulation tapes

Several Use waterproof tapes and insulation tapes to protect connection joints of the AC cable connectors and feeder cables

Binding strap Several Route and bundle cables properly

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 50: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 49 of 81

BOM Item Product Model Quantity Remarks

Ground cable Several

Example of an AP list

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 51: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 50 of 81

Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know basic contents of an overall design

Make an overall WLAN design for a specific scenario

Scenario Description XX company has 800 employees and intends to build a WLAN to deliver mobile office and mobile voice services Based on network planning the WLAN requires 40 APs and one or two ACs The companys existing network has a complete campus switching network that uses a hierarchical architecture design and enough access switches to provide PoE power

This experiment is to make an overall WLAN design matching the customers existing network scenario which consists of device selection networking design redundancy design security design and roaming design

Configuration Roadmap

Device selection

Networking design

Redundancy design

Security design

Roaming design

Configuration Procedure

Device Selection Select WLAN devices that are highly available and match customer requirements with minimum networking costs You do not need to select authentication and management servers Complete the following table

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 52: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 51 of 81

Device Quantity Device Model

AC

PoE switch

AP

Networking Design Assume that the existing switching network of the company is as follows

Based on the network topology and devices selected design the WLAN for the company (design AC and AP access locations and explain your reasons of the design AC inline deployment or AC bypass deployment Layer 2 networking or Layer 3 networking direct forwarding or tunnel forwarding)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 53: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 52 of 81

Redundancy Design WLAN ACs support the following backup modes

Dual-link backup (cold backup) Dual-link backup + HSB (hot backup) VRRP+HSB (hot backup) N+1 cold backup

WLAN APs support service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection

Analyze advantages and disadvantages of the preceding technologies select an appropriate backup technology for the company and state your reasons of selection

Solution Selected Reasons

AC Redundancy

AP Redundancy

Security Design WLAN security involves border security access security and service security

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 54: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 53 of 81

Border security WIDSWIPS Spectrum analysis

Access security STA blacklist and whitelist MAC address authentication Web Portal authentication WEP authentication WPAWPA2 PSK authentication WPAWPA2 EAP authentication

Service security DTLS encryption of CAPWAP tunnels User access control User group isolation User rate limit Mobile device management (MDM)

Security policies for the wired networks include

Broadcast storm suppression DHCP snooping Dynamic ARP protection Port isolation Access control list

Analyze user requirements design and select proper security policies for the company and state your reasons of selection

Security Category Solution Reasons

WLAN border security

WLAN access security (employees)

WLAN access security (guests)

WLAN service security

Wired network security

Roaming Design and Other Designs If the customers have special requirements make designs meeting their specific requirements and select corresponding solutions for example

Roaming design Intra-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Inter-AC Layer 2Layer 3 roaming Fast roaming

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 55: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 54 of 81

WDS design AP role Data backhaul Channel

Mesh design AP role Data route Channel

High throughput design 80211n 5G-prior QoS

Wireless positioning design AP positioning Tag positioning Positioning server

hellip

Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 56: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 55 of 81

Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to know how to implement a detailed WLAN design

Scenario Description This experiment has the same scenario as experiment 3 Assume that the network topology is as follows

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 57: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 56 of 81

Configuration Roadmap

Device naming

Device version

IP address design

Interconnection design

Service set design

Configuration Procedure

41 Device Naming

Item Product Model

Identifier (MAC)

Device Name Device Installation Position

AC1 AC6005 cccc81101101 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F01 Core equipment room

AC2 AC6005 cccc81101102 XX_SZ_AC6005_1F02 Core equipment room

AP1 AP6010DN cccc81102201 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F01 Office in Floor 1

AP2 AP6010DN cccc81102202 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F02 Office in Floor 1

AP3 AP6010DN cccc81102203 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_1F03 Office in Floor 1

hellip AP6010DN hellip hellip hellip

AP40 AP6010DN cccc81102240 XX_SZ_AP6010DN_4F10 Manager room in Floor 4

42 Device Version

Device Model Software Version

AC6005 AC6005V200R003C00SPC200cc

AP6010DN FitAP6X10XN_V200R003C00SPC300bin

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 58: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 57 of 81

43 Address Design VLAN Design

VLAN ID VLAN Name IP Address Segment Gateway Remarks

Vlan 200 AC_management 101200024 101200254 AC management (static)

Vlan 201 AC_HSB 101201024 --- HSB (static)

Vlan 210 AP_management 101210024 101201254 AP management (static)

Vlan 101 Wlan_office_F1 101101024 101101254 Office in Floor 1 (dynamic)

Vlan 102 Wlan_office_F2 101102024 101102254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 103 Wlan_office_F3 101103024 101104254 Office in Floor 2 (dynamic)

Vlan 104 Wlan_office_F4 101105024 101105254 Office in Floor 3 (dynamic)

Vlan 900 Wlan_guest 192168100024 192168100254 Guests (dynamic)

IP Address Design

Item Interface Address Remarks

AC1 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125124 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025124 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AC2 inter vlan 200 10120025124 Management IP address The gateway is configured on the core switch

Inter vlan 201 10120125224 IP address of the AC HSB channel

Inter vlan 10X 10110X25224 Service IP address for employees The gateway is configured on the switch

Inter vlan 900 19216810025224 Service IP address for guests The gateway is configured on the switch

AP1 Inter vlan 1 192168210124 APs use static IP addresses Each floor has ten

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 59: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 58 of 81

Item Interface Address Remarks

AP2 Inter vlan 1 192168210224 APs deployed using ten IP addresses

hellip Inter vlan 1 192168210324

AP40 Inter vlan 1 1921682104024

DSW1 hellip hellip hellip

44 Interconnection Design

Local Device Local Interface Remote Device Peer Interface Description

DSW1 G0021 AC1 G001 Configure LACP

DSW1 G0022 AC1 G002

DSW2 G0021 AC2 G001 Configure LACP

DSW2 G0022 AC2 G002

ASW1 G0011 AP1 G000 A PoE switch on each floor connects to ten APs

ASW1 G0012 AP2 G000

hellip hellip hellip

ASW4 G0020 AP40 G000

45 Service Set Design

Service Set VLAN SSID Forwarding Mode

Security (Other Features)

XX_WLAN_Employee1 101 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

WPA2 EAP authentication CCMP encryption Layer 2Layer 3 roaming rate limit

XX_WLAN_Employee2 102 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee3 103 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Employee4 104 XX_WLAN_Employee Direct forwarding

XX_WLAN_Guest 900 XX_WLAN_Guest Tunnel forwarding

Web Portal authentication user isolation rate limit

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 60: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 59 of 81

46 High Availability Design

Protection Object Implementation Technology

Remarks

AC Dual-link backup + HSB

HSB synchronizes AP state information between ACs An AP sets up a CAPWAP tunnel with each AC One tunnel functions as the active channel the other as the backup channel

AP Radio Resource Management (RRM)

Adjust AP power to provide signal coverage for the area of a faulty AP

Link Eth-trunk Bind links between the AC and access switch for high bandwidth and link redundancy

47 AP Location Design For details about the design of AP locations antennas installation mode and frequency band see output of the WLAN Planner

If the customer has other requirements clarify them one by one in the detailed design which may include designs of

WDS Mesh network Wireless video backhaul Wireless tag positioning BYOD High-density access Indoor distributed antenna system

hellip

48 Result Verification (Optional) Based on the preceding analysis and discussions provide the Overall WLAN Design for XX Company in word or excel format

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 61: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 60 of 81

Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to

Know how to scan APs Know how to locate APs Master one-key acceptance test methods

Scenario Description A WLAN has been deployed for XX company Acceptance tests on the WLAN need to be performed and an acceptance test report is required

Test Procedure

AP scanning

AP locating

One-key acceptance

Test Procedure

51 Software Installation Download the WLAN Tester from Huawei website and install the tool

Start the software If a license or authentication is required obtain it from the teacher (installation details are not mentioned here)

52 AP Scanning The AP scanning tool scans AP signals in the surroundings and displays APs signal strength including status SSIDs MAC addresses manufactures signal channels field strength structure encryption methods supported rates and Beacon interval

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 62: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 61 of 81

Click AP Scanning select a NIC and start scanning

You can view the MAC address working channel and signal strength of a specified service set

53 AP Locating The AP locating tool can assist service engineers in finding out where an AP is located and mark the AP in the project blueprint to facilitate the acceptance test

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 63: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 62 of 81

Select a NIC and the AP to locate

Click Start Locating The AP locating tool scans the APs signals and displays the field strength of the AP on the dashboard

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 64: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 63 of 81

When you are away from the AP the AP locating tool displays Away from the AP When you approach the AP the AP locating tool displays Approaching the AP

54 One-Key Acceptance Fast Acceptance is applicable to small-scale network acceptance tests The service engineers can use the WLAN Tester to select the test items rapidly and performs fast acceptance tests

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 65: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 64 of 81

Click Select AP next to Associated AP The Select AP dialog box is displayed

Select the wireless service set to be tested enter the password (currently only open system authentication and WPA12 PSK authentication are supported) and click Confirm

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 66: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 65 of 81

Select acceptance test items

Click Setting of each test item and modify related parameters as required as shown in the following example

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 67: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 66 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 68: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 67 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 69: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 68 of 81

After modifying the settings click One-Key Acceptance The acceptance test starts (If the test process cannot be started close all the wired NICs on your PC)

During the test you can click to check details

55 Result Verification After the test is complete click History record to view or export the test results

Click to export the test report

Open the report and make analysis for network optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 70: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 69 of 81

Test record details

Test Record Associated AP MAC Address Channel Test Time

2014-03-11 092001

huawei-voice 5CF8A1A3ADA7 1 2014-03-11 092001

RSSI and SNR test

SSID Test

Record

Average

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Maximum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Minimum

Field

Strength

(dBm)

Field

Strength

Fluctuation

(dB)

Maximum

Co-Channel

Interference

(dBm)

Maximum

Adjacent-Ch

annel

Interference

(dBm)

SNR

(dB)

Test Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

-20 -19 -23 4 -81 -31 61 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - ge -65 - le -70 - - -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

AP association test

SSID Test Record

Access Attempt Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Maximum Delay (ms)

Minimum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Access Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

5 5 0 1869 182 913 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 5000 ge 90 -

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 71: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 70 of 81

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

HCP test

SSID Test

Record

Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Maximum

Delay (ms)

Minimum

Delay

(ms)

Average

Delay

(ms)

Lease

Time

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voi

ce(5CF8A

1A3ADA

7)

2014-03-

11

0920

01

3 3 0 6261 3482 4807 0day(s)1ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

100 Succeeded

KPI

Reference

Value

- - - - - - le 15000 le

1day(s)0ho

ur(s)0minut

e(s)0second

(s)

ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 72: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 71 of 81

PING test

SSID Test Record Test Times

Success Count

Failure Count

Minimum Delay (ms)

Maximum Delay (ms)

Average Delay (ms)

Success Rate

Result

huawei-voice(5CF8A1A3ADA7)

2014-03-11 092001

30 30 0 3 13 8 100 Succeeded

KPI Reference Value

- - - - - - le 200 ge 90 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

Web browsing test

SSID Test

Record

Web Address Test

Times

Success

Count

Failure

Count

Average Delay

of the First

Packet (ms)

Average

Loading

Duration (ms)

Success

Rate

Result

huawei-voice(

5CF8A1A3

ADA7)

2014-03-11

092001

wwwbaiducom 5 5 0 3006 3434 100 Failed

KPI Reference

Value

- - - - - le 2000 le 5000 ge 100 -

2014-03-11 092001_huawei-voice

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 73: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 72 of 81

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 74: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 73 of 81

Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization

Objectives After completing this experiment you will be able to master

Basic principles of WLAN optimization Capacity optimization methods Radio calibration methods Roaming optimization methods

Scenario Description XX company has deployed a WLAN However as more and more employees connect to the WLAN some faults occur on the WLAN for example some users cannot associate with the network the Internet access rate is slow and users go offline during roaming Suppose you are the WLAN maintenance engineer of the company optimize the WLAN to address the existing problems (this experiment optimizes the network by modifying configurations rather than by adjusting installation positions and antenna azimuth)

Optimization Roadmap

Capacity optimization

Radio calibration

Roaming optimization

Optimization Procedure

61 Network Topology This experiment uses the network topology of Wireless Roaming configured in ENSP simulator

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 75: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 74 of 81

62 AC Preconfigurations ltAC6005gtdis current-configuration

snmp-agent local-engineid 800007DB03000000000000

undo snmp-agent community complexity-check disable

snmp-agent

http timeout 3

vlan batch 100 to 103 800

dhcp enable

diffserv domain default

pki realm default

enrollment self-signed

acl number 3001

rule 5 permit ip destination 101201100 0

rule 10 deny ip destination 10000 0255255255

rule 15 permit ip

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 76: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 75 of 81

aaa

authentication-scheme default

authorization-scheme default

accounting-scheme default

domain default

domain default_admin

local-user admin password cipher bo]Dnyrm1x`qC3g=d3Uw

local-user admin service-type http

interface Vlanif103

ip address 1921681031 2552552550

traffic-filter inbound acl 3001

dhcp select interface

dhcp server dns-list 8888

interface Vlanif800

ip address 101201100 2552552550

interface GigabitEthernet001

port link-type trunk

port trunk allow-pass vlan 100 to 102 800

interface GigabitEthernet002

interface GigabitEthernet003

interface GigabitEthernet004

interface GigabitEthernet005

interface GigabitEthernet006

interface GigabitEthernet007

interface GigabitEthernet008

interface Wlan-Ess0

port hybrid pvid vlan 101

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 77: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 76 of 81

port hybrid pvid vlan 102

port hybrid untagged vlan 101 to 102

interface Wlan-Ess2

port hybrid untagged vlan 103

interface NULL0

ospf 1 router-id 2222

area 0000

network 101201100 0000

area 000103

network 1921681031 0000

user-interface con 0

authentication-mode password

user-interface vty 0 4

user-interface vty 16 20

wlan

wlan ac source interface vlanif800

ap-region id 101

ap-region id 102

ap id 0 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-d740 sn 2102354483106C6FFC3E

region-id 101

ap id 1 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1360 sn 210235448310646DC543

region-id 101

ap id 2 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-1c30 sn 210235448310FC1CC016

region-id 102

ap id 3 type-id 19 mac 00e0-fc03-f560 sn 210235448310C652367B

region-id 102

wmm-profile name wmm id 0

traffic-profile name tra id 0

security-profile name sec id 0

service-set name region101 id 0

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 0

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 101

service-set name region102 id 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 78: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 77 of 81

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 1

ssid employee

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 102

service-set name guest103 id 2

forward-mode tunnel

wlan-ess 2

ssid guest103

traffic-profile id 0

security-profile id 0

service-vlan 103

radio-profile name 2g11n id 0

radio-type 80211bgn

wmm-profile id 0

radio-profile name 5g11n id 1

radio-type 80211an

wmm-profile id 0

ap 0 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 0 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 153

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 1 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

channel 40MHz-minus 161

service-set id 0 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 11

service-set id 1 wlan 1

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 79: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 78 of 81

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 2 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 0

radio-profile id 0

channel 20MHz 6

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

ap 3 radio 1

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

return

63 Capacity Optimization Problem Analysis

Some APs do not have 40-MHz channel bandwidth enabled on the 5 GHz radio It is recommended that you enable 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio and configure short GI

Optimization Commands

[AC6005]wlan

[AC6005-wlan-view]

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]80211n guard-interval-mode short

[AC6005-wlan-radio-11]ap 2 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]dis this

radio-profile id 1

service-set id 1 wlan 1

service-set id 2 wlan 2

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]channel 40mhz-minus 153

[AC6005-wlan-radio-21]ap 3 radio 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]channel 40mhz-minus 161

[AC6005-wlan-radio-31]dis this

After the configuration is complete run the following command to check whether all APs have enabled with 40-MHz channel bandwidth on the 5 GHz radio

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 80: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 79 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis radio config ap-id 2 radio-id 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrate status enable

Channel 153

Channel bandwidth 40-MHz

Power level

64 Radio Calibration Problem Analysis

A wireless user may go offline unexpectedly due to WLAN interference or because the user roams to a coverage hole area To optimize the WLAN eliminate interference sources or calibrate AP radios manually to prevent interference to AP channels You can also configure fast roaming on APs to speed up the roaming process

When the number of users connected to one AP exceeds the access threshold (one AP can connect to a maximum of 32 APs by default) new users may fail to connect to the AP or roaming users may go offline To address this problem configure dynamic load balancing between APs

Optimization Commands

Manual radio calibration is implemented based on AP regions Therefore confirm the region of APs on which radio calibration is implemented first The radio calibration commands are as follows

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis ap all

All AP information(Normal-4UnNormal-0)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AP AP AP Profile AP AP

Region

ID Type MAC ID State Sysname

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-d740 0101 normal ap-0

1 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1360 0101 normal ap-1

2 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-1c30 0102 normal ap-2

3 AP6010DN-AGN 00e0-fc03-f560 0102 normal ap-3

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total number 4

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-2g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]radio-profile id 1

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]calibrate enable

[AC6005-wlan-radio-prof-5g11n]quit

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 101

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 81: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 80 of 81

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate startup region 102

You can also enable automatic radio calibration which is disabled by default

Manual or automatic radio calibration will interrupt wireless services temporarily therefore you are advised to implement radio calibration during after-work hours or at night

Configure the device to start radio calibration at 200 pm every day

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

[AC6005-wlan-view]calibrate auto-startup region 0 time 020000

listen-uncontrol-neighbor

Run the following commands to enable session-based dynamic load balancing

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance mode session

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance session gap 25

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance associate-threshold 10

[AC6005-wlan-view]sta-load-balance enable

[AC6005-wlan-view]dis sta-load-balance config

Sta-load-balance config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sta-load-balance enable Yes

Sta-load-balance mode Session

Sta-load-balance session gap threshold 25

Sta-load-balance traffic gap threshold 20

Sta-load-balance associate threshold 10

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

65 Roaming Optimization Problem Analysis

If a STA uses WPA EAP authentication it performs a 4-way handshake to negotiate the password with the AC which takes a long time Enable key negotiation between the STA and AP This will reduce the roaming time from 200 ms to about 20 ms

Optimization Commands

[AC6005-wlan-view]ap-profile id 0

[AC6005-wlan-ap-prof-ap-profile-0]4-way-handshake ap

After the configuration is complete test the packet loss ratio and delay to check whether the roaming efficiency is improved

NOTE

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 82: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

Huawei Certification- WLAN Planning and Optimization ab Guide for Engineers

2012-12-01 Huawei confidential No spreading without permission Page 81 of 81

66 Result Verification After the optimization is complete perform software download tests to test the WLAN download throughput and use the WLAN Tester to perform AP association and roaming tests Check whether WLAN network quality has been improved after optimization

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
Page 83: HCS-Field-WLAN_V1.0_Lab_Guide(Sept.2014).pdf

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Huawei Confidential 1

The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE With any Huawei Career Certification you have the privilege on httplearninghuaweicomen to enjoy

1Comprehensive E-Learning Courses

ContentAll Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses

Methods to get the E-learning privilege submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account

registration to Learninghuaweicom 2 Training Material Download

Content Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification training material

MethodLogon httplearninghuaweicomen and enter HuaWei TrainingClassroom Training then you can

download training material in the specific training introduction page

3 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC)

ContentThe Huawei career certification training covering all ICT technical domains like RampS UCampC Security

Storage and so on which are conducted by Huawei professional instructors

MethodThe plan and participate method please refer to LVC Open Courses Schedule 4Learning Tool eNSP

eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by

Huawei and free of charge eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers switches as close to the real hardware as

it possible which makes the lab practice available and easy without any real device In addition Huawei has built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

Huawei experts share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products( httpsupporthuaweicomecommunity)

More Learning Resources httplearninghuaweicomen

  • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (2)
    • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE
      • WLAN Planning and Optimization Experiment Guide
        • Overview
        • Description
        • Background Knowledge Required
        • Icons
        • Lab Environment Overview
          • Networking Description
          • Software Description
            • Software required and their versions
                • Experiment 1 WLAN Planner mdash Indoor WLAN Planning
                  • Objective
                  • Scenario Description
                  • Configuration Roadmap
                  • Configuration Procedure
                  • 11 Clarify Customer Requirements
                    • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                      • 12 Calculate AP Quantity
                        • 1 Calculate the number of APs using formulas or Huawei WLAN Planner
                        • 2 Use Huawei WLAN Planner for AP quantity calculation Based on the drawing calculate the size of the office area and area of closed offices
                          • 13 Select WLAN Devices
                            • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + External Antenna + Dual-band Antenna
                            • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to search for APs that meet the conditions Indoor Settled + 24 GHz Antenna
                            • 3 Click Details to view detailed specifications about the AP6010DN
                              • 14 Implement Indoor Network Planning
                                • 141 Create a Project
                                • 142 Import the Building Drawing
                                • 143 Configure the Environment
                                  • 1 Set obstacles
                                  • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                  • 3 Configure the AP deployment area
                                  • 4 Configure the interference source (optional)
                                    • 144 Deploy APs
                                    • 145 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                    • 146 Route Cables and Configure Power Supply Mode
                                    • 147 Export Network Planning Reports
                                      • 1 Export the material list
                                      • 2 Generate a WLAN planning report
                                      • Click Generate WLAN Planning Report in the toolbar The WLAN Planning Report dialog box is displayed
                                        • 148 Verify the Result
                                            • Experiment 2 WLAN Planner mdash Outdoor WLAN Planning
                                              • Objectives
                                              • Scenario Description
                                              • Configuration Roadmap
                                              • Configuration Procedure
                                              • 21 Clarify Customer Requirements
                                                • WLAN service requirement clarification checklist
                                                  • 22 Calculate AP Quantity
                                                  • 23 Select Devices
                                                    • 1 Use the WLAN Planner to check the maximum power consumption of the two types of outdoor APs and their 24 GHz and 5 GHz radio power
                                                    • 2 Use the WLAN Planner to check the 24 GHz pole-mounting omnidirectional antennas and 5 GHz patch directional antennas supported by Huawei outdoor APs
                                                      • 24 Create a Project
                                                      • 25 Import the Google Earth Map
                                                      • 26 Configure the Environment
                                                        • 1 Set obstacles
                                                        • 2 Configure the coverage area
                                                        • 3 Configure the interference source
                                                          • 27 Deploy APs
                                                          • 28 Simulate Signal Coverage
                                                          • 29 Export Network Planning Reports
                                                          • 210 Verify the Result
                                                            • BOM
                                                                • Experiment 3 WLAN Network Design mdash Overall Design
                                                                  • Objectives
                                                                  • Scenario Description
                                                                  • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                  • Configuration Procedure
                                                                    • Device Selection
                                                                    • Networking Design
                                                                    • Redundancy Design
                                                                    • Security Design
                                                                    • Roaming Design and Other Designs
                                                                      • Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                        • Experiment 4 WLAN Network Design mdash Detailed Design
                                                                          • Objectives
                                                                          • Scenario Description
                                                                          • Configuration Roadmap
                                                                          • Configuration Procedure
                                                                          • 41 Device Naming
                                                                          • 42 Device Version
                                                                          • 43 Address Design
                                                                          • 44 Interconnection Design
                                                                          • 45 Service Set Design
                                                                          • 46 High Availability Design
                                                                          • 47 AP Location Design
                                                                          • 48 Result Verification (Optional)
                                                                            • Experiment 5 WLAN Tester-Acceptance Test
                                                                              • Objectives
                                                                              • Scenario Description
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • Test Procedure
                                                                              • 51 Software Installation
                                                                              • 52 AP Scanning
                                                                              • 53 AP Locating
                                                                              • 54 One-Key Acceptance
                                                                              • 55 Result Verification
                                                                                • Test record details
                                                                                • RSSI and SNR test
                                                                                • AP association test
                                                                                • HCP test
                                                                                • PING test
                                                                                • Web browsing test
                                                                                    • Experiment 6 WLAN Optimization
                                                                                      • Objectives
                                                                                      • Scenario Description
                                                                                      • Optimization Roadmap
                                                                                      • Optimization Procedure
                                                                                      • 61 Network Topology
                                                                                      • 62 AC Preconfigurations
                                                                                      • 63 Capacity Optimization
                                                                                      • 64 Radio Calibration
                                                                                      • 65 Roaming Optimization
                                                                                      • 66 Result Verification
                                                                                          • 华为认证者权益胶片--201459--EN (3)
                                                                                            • The privilege of HCNAHCNPHCIE